linux/drivers/media/v4l2-core/v4l2-ctrls.c

3445 lines
100 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/*
V4L2 controls framework implementation.
Copyright (C) 2010 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#include <linux/ctype.h>
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/export.h>
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h>
#include <media/v4l2-device.h>
#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
#include <media/v4l2-event.h>
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
#define has_op(master, op) \
(master->ops && master->ops->op)
#define call_op(master, op) \
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
(has_op(master, op) ? master->ops->op(master) : 0)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Internal temporary helper struct, one for each v4l2_ext_control */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper {
/* Pointer to the control reference of the master control */
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *mref;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* The control corresponding to the v4l2_ext_control ID field. */
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* v4l2_ext_control index of the next control belonging to the
same cluster, or 0 if there isn't any. */
u32 next;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
};
/* Small helper function to determine if the autocluster is set to manual
mode. */
static bool is_cur_manual(const struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
return master->is_auto && master->cur.val == master->manual_mode_value;
}
/* Same as above, but this checks the against the new value instead of the
current value. */
static bool is_new_manual(const struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
return master->is_auto && master->val == master->manual_mode_value;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Returns NULL or a character pointer array containing the menu for
the given control ID. The pointer array ends with a NULL pointer.
An empty string signifies a menu entry that is invalid. This allows
drivers to disable certain options if it is not supported. */
const char * const *v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
static const char * const mpeg_audio_sampling_freq[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"44.1 kHz",
"48 kHz",
"32 kHz",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_encoding[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"MPEG-1/2 Layer I",
"MPEG-1/2 Layer II",
"MPEG-1/2 Layer III",
"MPEG-2/4 AAC",
"AC-3",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"288 kbps",
"320 kbps",
"352 kbps",
"384 kbps",
"416 kbps",
"448 kbps",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"48 kbps",
"56 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"80 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"112 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"320 kbps",
"384 kbps",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"40 kbps",
"48 kbps",
"56 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"80 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"112 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"320 kbps",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"40 kbps",
"48 kbps",
"56 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"80 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"112 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"320 kbps",
"384 kbps",
"448 kbps",
"512 kbps",
"576 kbps",
"640 kbps",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_mode[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Stereo",
"Joint Stereo",
"Dual",
"Mono",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_mode_extension[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Bound 4",
"Bound 8",
"Bound 12",
"Bound 16",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_emphasis[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"No Emphasis",
"50/15 us",
"CCITT J17",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_crc[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"No CRC",
"16-bit CRC",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_audio_dec_playback[] = {
"Auto",
"Stereo",
"Left",
"Right",
"Mono",
"Swapped Stereo",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_video_encoding[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"MPEG-1",
"MPEG-2",
"MPEG-4 AVC",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_video_aspect[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"1x1",
"4x3",
"16x9",
"2.21x1",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_video_bitrate_mode[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Variable Bitrate",
"Constant Bitrate",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_stream_type[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"MPEG-2 Program Stream",
"MPEG-2 Transport Stream",
"MPEG-1 System Stream",
"MPEG-2 DVD-compatible Stream",
"MPEG-1 VCD-compatible Stream",
"MPEG-2 SVCD-compatible Stream",
NULL
};
static const char * const mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"No VBI",
"Private Packet, IVTV Format",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL
};
static const char * const camera_power_line_frequency[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Disabled",
"50 Hz",
"60 Hz",
"Auto",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL
};
static const char * const camera_exposure_auto[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Auto Mode",
"Manual Mode",
"Shutter Priority Mode",
"Aperture Priority Mode",
NULL
};
static const char * const camera_exposure_metering[] = {
"Average",
"Center Weighted",
"Spot",
"Matrix",
NULL
};
static const char * const camera_auto_focus_range[] = {
"Auto",
"Normal",
"Macro",
"Infinity",
NULL
};
static const char * const colorfx[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"None",
"Black & White",
"Sepia",
"Negative",
"Emboss",
"Sketch",
"Sky Blue",
"Grass Green",
"Skin Whiten",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Vivid",
"Aqua",
"Art Freeze",
"Silhouette",
"Solarization",
"Antique",
"Set Cb/Cr",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL
};
static const char * const auto_n_preset_white_balance[] = {
"Manual",
"Auto",
"Incandescent",
"Fluorescent",
"Fluorescent H",
"Horizon",
"Daylight",
"Flash",
"Cloudy",
"Shade",
NULL,
};
static const char * const camera_iso_sensitivity_auto[] = {
"Manual",
"Auto",
NULL
};
static const char * const scene_mode[] = {
"None",
"Backlight",
"Beach/Snow",
"Candle Light",
"Dusk/Dawn",
"Fall Colors",
"Fireworks",
"Landscape",
"Night",
"Party/Indoor",
"Portrait",
"Sports",
"Sunset",
"Text",
NULL
};
static const char * const tune_emphasis[] = {
"None",
"50 Microseconds",
"75 Microseconds",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL,
};
static const char * const header_mode[] = {
"Separate Buffer",
"Joined With 1st Frame",
NULL,
};
static const char * const multi_slice[] = {
"Single",
"Max Macroblocks",
"Max Bytes",
NULL,
};
static const char * const entropy_mode[] = {
"CAVLC",
"CABAC",
NULL,
};
static const char * const mpeg_h264_level[] = {
"1",
"1b",
"1.1",
"1.2",
"1.3",
"2",
"2.1",
"2.2",
"3",
"3.1",
"3.2",
"4",
"4.1",
"4.2",
"5",
"5.1",
NULL,
};
static const char * const h264_loop_filter[] = {
"Enabled",
"Disabled",
"Disabled at Slice Boundary",
NULL,
};
static const char * const h264_profile[] = {
"Baseline",
"Constrained Baseline",
"Main",
"Extended",
"High",
"High 10",
"High 422",
"High 444 Predictive",
"High 10 Intra",
"High 422 Intra",
"High 444 Intra",
"CAVLC 444 Intra",
"Scalable Baseline",
"Scalable High",
"Scalable High Intra",
"Stereo High",
"Multiview High",
NULL,
};
static const char * const vui_sar_idc[] = {
"Unspecified",
"1:1",
"12:11",
"10:11",
"16:11",
"40:33",
"24:11",
"20:11",
"32:11",
"80:33",
"18:11",
"15:11",
"64:33",
"160:99",
"4:3",
"3:2",
"2:1",
"Extended SAR",
NULL,
};
static const char * const h264_fp_arrangement_type[] = {
"Checkerboard",
"Column",
"Row",
"Side by Side",
"Top Bottom",
"Temporal",
NULL,
};
static const char * const h264_fmo_map_type[] = {
"Interleaved Slices",
"Scattered Slices",
"Foreground with Leftover",
"Box Out",
"Raster Scan",
"Wipe Scan",
"Explicit",
NULL,
};
static const char * const mpeg_mpeg4_level[] = {
"0",
"0b",
"1",
"2",
"3",
"3b",
"4",
"5",
NULL,
};
static const char * const mpeg4_profile[] = {
"Simple",
"Advanced Simple",
"Core",
"Simple Scalable",
"Advanced Coding Efficiency",
NULL,
};
static const char * const vpx_golden_frame_sel[] = {
"Use Previous Frame",
"Use Previous Specific Frame",
NULL,
};
static const char * const flash_led_mode[] = {
"Off",
"Flash",
"Torch",
NULL,
};
static const char * const flash_strobe_source[] = {
"Software",
"External",
NULL,
};
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
static const char * const jpeg_chroma_subsampling[] = {
"4:4:4",
"4:2:2",
"4:2:0",
"4:1:1",
"4:1:0",
"Gray",
NULL,
};
static const char * const dv_tx_mode[] = {
"DVI-D",
"HDMI",
NULL,
};
static const char * const dv_rgb_range[] = {
"Automatic",
"RGB Limited Range (16-235)",
"RGB Full Range (0-255)",
NULL,
};
static const char * const dv_it_content_type[] = {
"Graphics",
"Photo",
"Cinema",
"Game",
"No IT Content",
NULL,
};
static const char * const detect_md_mode[] = {
"Disabled",
"Global",
"Threshold Grid",
"Region Grid",
NULL,
};
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
switch (id) {
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ:
return mpeg_audio_sampling_freq;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING:
return mpeg_audio_encoding;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE:
return mpeg_audio_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION:
return mpeg_audio_mode_extension;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS:
return mpeg_audio_emphasis;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC:
return mpeg_audio_crc;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK:
return mpeg_audio_dec_playback;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING:
return mpeg_video_encoding;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT:
return mpeg_video_aspect;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE:
return mpeg_video_bitrate_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE:
return mpeg_stream_type;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT:
return mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt;
case V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY:
return camera_power_line_frequency;
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO:
return camera_exposure_auto;
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING:
return camera_exposure_metering;
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE:
return camera_auto_focus_range;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX:
return colorfx;
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE:
return auto_n_preset_white_balance;
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO:
return camera_iso_sensitivity_auto;
case V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE:
return scene_mode;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS:
return tune_emphasis;
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS:
return tune_emphasis;
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE:
return flash_led_mode;
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE:
return flash_strobe_source;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE:
return header_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE:
return multi_slice;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE:
return entropy_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL:
return mpeg_h264_level;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE:
return h264_loop_filter;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE:
return h264_profile;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC:
return vui_sar_idc;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE:
return h264_fp_arrangement_type;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE:
return h264_fmo_map_type;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL:
return mpeg_mpeg4_level;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE:
return mpeg4_profile;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_SEL:
return vpx_golden_frame_sel;
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING:
return jpeg_chroma_subsampling;
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE:
return dv_tx_mode;
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE:
return dv_rgb_range;
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE:
return dv_it_content_type;
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_MODE:
return detect_md_mode;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
default:
return NULL;
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_get_menu);
#define __v4l2_qmenu_int_len(arr, len) ({ *(len) = ARRAY_SIZE(arr); arr; })
/*
* Returns NULL or an s64 type array containing the menu for given
* control ID. The total number of the menu items is returned in @len.
*/
const s64 *v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu(u32 id, u32 *len)
{
static const s64 qmenu_int_vpx_num_partitions[] = {
1, 2, 4, 8,
};
static const s64 qmenu_int_vpx_num_ref_frames[] = {
1, 2, 3,
};
switch (id) {
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_PARTITIONS:
return __v4l2_qmenu_int_len(qmenu_int_vpx_num_partitions, len);
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_REF_FRAMES:
return __v4l2_qmenu_int_len(qmenu_int_vpx_num_ref_frames, len);
default:
*len = 0;
return NULL;
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Return the control name. */
const char *v4l2_ctrl_get_name(u32 id)
{
switch (id) {
/* USER controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
case V4L2_CID_USER_CLASS: return "User Controls";
case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS: return "Brightness";
case V4L2_CID_CONTRAST: return "Contrast";
case V4L2_CID_SATURATION: return "Saturation";
case V4L2_CID_HUE: return "Hue";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME: return "Volume";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE: return "Balance";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS: return "Bass";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE: return "Treble";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE: return "Mute";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS: return "Loudness";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL: return "Black Level";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE: return "White Balance, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_DO_WHITE_BALANCE: return "Do White Balance";
case V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE: return "Red Balance";
case V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE: return "Blue Balance";
case V4L2_CID_GAMMA: return "Gamma";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE: return "Exposure";
case V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN: return "Gain, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_GAIN: return "Gain";
case V4L2_CID_HFLIP: return "Horizontal Flip";
case V4L2_CID_VFLIP: return "Vertical Flip";
case V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY: return "Power Line Frequency";
case V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO: return "Hue, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE: return "White Balance Temperature";
case V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS: return "Sharpness";
case V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION: return "Backlight Compensation";
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC: return "Chroma AGC";
case V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER: return "Color Killer";
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX: return "Color Effects";
case V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS: return "Brightness, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER: return "Band-Stop Filter";
case V4L2_CID_ROTATE: return "Rotate";
case V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR: return "Background Color";
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN: return "Chroma Gain";
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1: return "Illuminator 1";
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2: return "Illuminator 2";
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE: return "Min Number of Capture Buffers";
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_OUTPUT: return "Min Number of Output Buffers";
case V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT: return "Alpha Component";
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR: return "Color Effects, CbCr";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Codec controls */
/* The MPEG controls are applicable to all codec controls
* and the 'MPEG' part of the define is historical */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in videodev2.h! */
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS: return "Codec Controls";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE: return "Stream Type";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PMT: return "Stream PMT Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_AUDIO: return "Stream Audio Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_VIDEO: return "Stream Video Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PCR: return "Stream PCR Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_AUDIO: return "Stream PES Audio ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_VIDEO: return "Stream PES Video ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT: return "Stream VBI Format";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ: return "Audio Sampling Frequency";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING: return "Audio Encoding";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE: return "Audio Layer I Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE: return "Audio Layer II Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE: return "Audio Layer III Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE: return "Audio Stereo Mode";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION: return "Audio Stereo Mode Extension";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS: return "Audio Emphasis";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC: return "Audio CRC";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE: return "Audio Mute";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AAC_BITRATE: return "Audio AAC Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE: return "Audio AC-3 Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK: return "Audio Playback";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK: return "Audio Multilingual Playback";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING: return "Video Encoding";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT: return "Video Aspect";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES: return "Video B Frames";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_SIZE: return "Video GOP Size";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE: return "Video GOP Closure";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: return "Video Pulldown";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE: return "Video Bitrate Mode";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE: return "Video Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_PEAK: return "Video Peak Bitrate";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_DECIMATION: return "Video Temporal Decimation";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE: return "Video Mute";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE_YUV: return "Video Mute YUV";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE: return "Decoder Slice Interface";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_MPEG4_DEBLOCK_FILTER: return "MPEG4 Loop Filter Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_CYCLIC_INTRA_REFRESH_MB: return "Number of Intra Refresh MBs";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FRAME_RC_ENABLE: return "Frame Level Rate Control Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE: return "H264 MB Level Rate Control";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE: return "Sequence Header Mode";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MAX_REF_PIC: return "Max Number of Reference Pics";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_I_FRAME_QP: return "H263 I-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_P_FRAME_QP: return "H263 P-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_B_FRAME_QP: return "H263 B-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MIN_QP: return "H263 Minimum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MAX_QP: return "H263 Maximum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_FRAME_QP: return "H264 I-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_P_FRAME_QP: return "H264 P-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_B_FRAME_QP: return "H264 B-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MAX_QP: return "H264 Maximum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MIN_QP: return "H264 Minimum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_8X8_TRANSFORM: return "H264 8x8 Transform Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE: return "H264 CPB Buffer Size";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE: return "H264 Entropy Mode";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_PERIOD: return "H264 I-Frame Period";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL: return "H264 Level";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_ALPHA: return "H264 Loop Filter Alpha Offset";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_BETA: return "H264 Loop Filter Beta Offset";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE: return "H264 Loop Filter Mode";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE: return "H264 Profile";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_HEIGHT: return "Vertical Size of SAR";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_WIDTH: return "Horizontal Size of SAR";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_ENABLE: return "Aspect Ratio VUI Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC: return "VUI Aspect Ratio IDC";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FRAME_PACKING: return "H264 Enable Frame Packing SEI";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_CURRENT_FRAME_0: return "H264 Set Curr. Frame as Frame0";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE: return "H264 FP Arrangement Type";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO: return "H264 Flexible MB Ordering";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE: return "H264 Map Type for FMO";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_SLICE_GROUP: return "H264 FMO Number of Slice Groups";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIRECTION: return "H264 FMO Direction of Change";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_RATE: return "H264 FMO Size of 1st Slice Grp";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_RUN_LENGTH: return "H264 FMO No. of Consecutive MBs";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO: return "H264 Arbitrary Slice Ordering";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO_SLICE_ORDER: return "H264 ASO Slice Order";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING: return "Enable H264 Hierarchical Coding";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_TYPE: return "H264 Hierarchical Coding Type";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER:return "H264 Number of HC Layers";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER_QP:
return "H264 Set QP Value for HC Layers";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_I_FRAME_QP: return "MPEG4 I-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_P_FRAME_QP: return "MPEG4 P-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_B_FRAME_QP: return "MPEG4 B-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MIN_QP: return "MPEG4 Minimum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MAX_QP: return "MPEG4 Maximum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL: return "MPEG4 Level";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE: return "MPEG4 Profile";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_QPEL: return "Quarter Pixel Search Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_BYTES: return "Maximum Bytes in a Slice";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_MB: return "Number of MBs in a Slice";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE: return "Slice Partitioning Method";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_SIZE: return "VBV Buffer Size";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS: return "Video Decoder PTS";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME: return "Video Decoder Frame Count";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_DELAY: return "Initial Delay for VBV Control";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_H_SEARCH_RANGE: return "Horizontal MV Search Range";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_V_SEARCH_RANGE: return "Vertical MV Search Range";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER: return "Repeat Sequence Header";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FORCE_KEY_FRAME: return "Force Key Frame";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* VPX controls */
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_PARTITIONS: return "VPX Number of Partitions";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_IMD_DISABLE_4X4: return "VPX Intra Mode Decision Disable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_REF_FRAMES: return "VPX No. of Refs for P Frame";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_FILTER_LEVEL: return "VPX Loop Filter Level Range";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_FILTER_SHARPNESS: return "VPX Deblocking Effect Control";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_REF_PERIOD: return "VPX Golden Frame Refresh Period";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_SEL: return "VPX Golden Frame Indicator";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MIN_QP: return "VPX Minimum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MAX_QP: return "VPX Maximum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_I_FRAME_QP: return "VPX I-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_P_FRAME_QP: return "VPX P-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_PROFILE: return "VPX Profile";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* CAMERA controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS: return "Camera Controls";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO: return "Auto Exposure";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE: return "Exposure Time, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY: return "Exposure, Dynamic Framerate";
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE: return "Pan, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE: return "Tilt, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET: return "Pan, Reset";
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET: return "Tilt, Reset";
case V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE: return "Pan, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE: return "Tilt, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE: return "Focus, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE: return "Focus, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO: return "Focus, Automatic Continuous";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE: return "Zoom, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE: return "Zoom, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS: return "Zoom, Continuous";
case V4L2_CID_PRIVACY: return "Privacy";
case V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE: return "Iris, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE: return "Iris, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS: return "Auto Exposure, Bias";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE: return "White Balance, Auto & Preset";
case V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE: return "Wide Dynamic Range";
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION: return "Image Stabilization";
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY: return "ISO Sensitivity";
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO: return "ISO Sensitivity, Auto";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING: return "Exposure, Metering Mode";
case V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE: return "Scene Mode";
case V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK: return "3A Lock";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START: return "Auto Focus, Start";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP: return "Auto Focus, Stop";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS: return "Auto Focus, Status";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE: return "Auto Focus, Range";
case V4L2_CID_PAN_SPEED: return "Pan, Speed";
case V4L2_CID_TILT_SPEED: return "Tilt, Speed";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* FM Radio Modulator controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS: return "FM Radio Modulator Controls";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION: return "RDS Signal Deviation";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PI: return "RDS Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PTY: return "RDS Program Type";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME: return "RDS PS Name";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT: return "RDS Radio Text";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MONO_STEREO: return "RDS Stereo";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ARTIFICIAL_HEAD: return "RDS Artificial Head";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_COMPRESSED: return "RDS Compressed";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DYNAMIC_PTY: return "RDS Dynamic PTY";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT: return "RDS Traffic Announcement";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM: return "RDS Traffic Program";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MUSIC_SPEECH: return "RDS Music";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS_ENABLE: return "RDS Enable Alt Frequencies";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS: return "RDS Alternate Frequencies";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED: return "Audio Limiter Feature Enabled";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME: return "Audio Limiter Release Time";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION: return "Audio Limiter Deviation";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED: return "Audio Compression Enabled";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN: return "Audio Compression Gain";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD: return "Audio Compression Threshold";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME: return "Audio Compression Attack Time";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME: return "Audio Compression Release Time";
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED: return "Pilot Tone Feature Enabled";
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION: return "Pilot Tone Deviation";
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY: return "Pilot Tone Frequency";
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS: return "Pre-Emphasis";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL: return "Tune Power Level";
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR: return "Tune Antenna Capacitor";
/* Flash controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS: return "Flash Controls";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE: return "LED Mode";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE: return "Strobe Source";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE: return "Strobe";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP: return "Stop Strobe";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS: return "Strobe Status";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT: return "Strobe Timeout";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY: return "Intensity, Flash Mode";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY: return "Intensity, Torch Mode";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY: return "Intensity, Indicator";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT: return "Faults";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE: return "Charge";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY: return "Ready to Strobe";
/* JPEG encoder controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS: return "JPEG Compression Controls";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING: return "Chroma Subsampling";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL: return "Restart Interval";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY: return "Compression Quality";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER: return "Active Markers";
/* Image source controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS: return "Image Source Controls";
case V4L2_CID_VBLANK: return "Vertical Blanking";
case V4L2_CID_HBLANK: return "Horizontal Blanking";
case V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN: return "Analogue Gain";
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_RED: return "Red Pixel Value";
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_GREENR: return "Green (Red) Pixel Value";
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_BLUE: return "Blue Pixel Value";
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_GREENB: return "Green (Blue) Pixel Value";
/* Image processing controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS: return "Image Processing Controls";
case V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ: return "Link Frequency";
case V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE: return "Pixel Rate";
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN: return "Test Pattern";
case V4L2_CID_DEINTERLACING_MODE: return "Deinterlacing Mode";
/* DV controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
case V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS: return "Digital Video Controls";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG: return "Hotplug Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE: return "RxSense Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT: return "EDID Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE: return "Transmit Mode";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE: return "Tx RGB Quantization Range";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE: return "Tx IT Content Type";
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT: return "Power Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE: return "Rx RGB Quantization Range";
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE: return "Rx IT Content Type";
case V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS: return "FM Radio Receiver Controls";
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS: return "De-Emphasis";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION: return "RDS Reception";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS: return "RF Tuner Controls";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_RF_GAIN: return "RF Gain";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO: return "LNA Gain, Auto";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN: return "LNA Gain";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN_AUTO: return "Mixer Gain, Auto";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN: return "Mixer Gain";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN_AUTO: return "IF Gain, Auto";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN: return "IF Gain";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH_AUTO: return "Bandwidth, Auto";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH: return "Bandwidth";
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_PLL_LOCK: return "PLL Lock";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PTY: return "RDS Program Type";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME: return "RDS PS Name";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_RADIO_TEXT: return "RDS Radio Text";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT: return "RDS Traffic Announcement";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM: return "RDS Traffic Program";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_MUSIC_SPEECH: return "RDS Music";
/* Detection controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in v4l2-controls.h! */
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS: return "Detection Controls";
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_MODE: return "Motion Detection Mode";
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_GLOBAL_THRESHOLD: return "MD Global Threshold";
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID: return "MD Threshold Grid";
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID: return "MD Region Grid";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
default:
return NULL;
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_get_name);
void v4l2_ctrl_fill(u32 id, const char **name, enum v4l2_ctrl_type *type,
s64 *min, s64 *max, u64 *step, s64 *def, u32 *flags)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
*name = v4l2_ctrl_get_name(id);
*flags = 0;
switch (id) {
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN:
case V4L2_CID_HFLIP:
case V4L2_CID_VFLIP:
case V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC:
case V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER:
case V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN:
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY:
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_PRIVACY:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED:
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED:
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1:
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_MPEG4_DEBLOCK_FILTER:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FRAME_RC_ENABLE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_8X8_TRANSFORM:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_ENABLE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_QPEL:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER:
case V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE:
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_PLL_LOCK:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MONO_STEREO:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ARTIFICIAL_HEAD:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_COMPRESSED:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DYNAMIC_PTY:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MUSIC_SPEECH:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS_ENABLE:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_MUSIC_SPEECH:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
*min = 0;
*max = *step = 1;
break;
case V4L2_CID_ROTATE:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_MODIFY_LAYOUT;
break;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_H_SEARCH_RANGE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MV_V_SEARCH_RANGE:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
break;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FORCE_KEY_FRAME:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET:
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY |
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*min = *max = *step = *def = 0;
break;
case V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT:
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE:
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING:
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING:
case V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN:
case V4L2_CID_DEINTERLACING_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_SEL:
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_MODE:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU;
break;
case V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_RADIO_TEXT:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING;
break;
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_PARTITIONS:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_NUM_REF_FRAMES:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_USER_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS;
/* You can neither read not write these */
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY;
*min = *max = *step = *def = 0;
break;
case V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
*step = 1;
*min = 0;
/* Max is calculated as RGB888 that is 2^24 */
*max = 0xFFFFFF;
break;
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT:
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER:
case V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK;
break;
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE:
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_OUTPUT:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
break;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
*min = *def = 0;
*max = 0x1ffffffffLL;
*step = 1;
break;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
*min = *def = 0;
*max = 0x7fffffffffffffffLL;
*step = 1;
break;
case V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
break;
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8;
break;
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16;
break;
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
default:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
break;
}
switch (id) {
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE:
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE;
break;
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE:
case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS:
case V4L2_CID_CONTRAST:
case V4L2_CID_SATURATION:
case V4L2_CID_HUE:
case V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_GAMMA:
case V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS:
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME:
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION:
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY:
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL:
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_RF_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_LNA_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_MIXER_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_IF_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_BANDWIDTH:
case V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_GLOBAL_THRESHOLD:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER;
break;
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE:
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY |
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
break;
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_IT_CONTENT_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PTY:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_RADIO_TEXT:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_MUSIC_SPEECH:
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
break;
case V4L2_CID_RF_TUNER_PLL_LOCK:
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_fill);
static void fill_event(struct v4l2_event *ev, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 changes)
{
memset(ev->reserved, 0, sizeof(ev->reserved));
ev->type = V4L2_EVENT_CTRL;
ev->id = ctrl->id;
ev->u.ctrl.changes = changes;
ev->u.ctrl.type = ctrl->type;
ev->u.ctrl.flags = ctrl->flags;
if (ctrl->is_ptr)
ev->u.ctrl.value64 = 0;
else
ev->u.ctrl.value64 = *ctrl->p_cur.p_s64;
ev->u.ctrl.minimum = ctrl->minimum;
ev->u.ctrl.maximum = ctrl->maximum;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU
|| ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU)
ev->u.ctrl.step = 1;
else
ev->u.ctrl.step = ctrl->step;
ev->u.ctrl.default_value = ctrl->default_value;
}
static void send_event(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 changes)
{
struct v4l2_event ev;
struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev;
if (list_empty(&ctrl->ev_subs))
return;
fill_event(&ev, ctrl, changes);
list_for_each_entry(sev, &ctrl->ev_subs, node)
[media] v4l2-event: Don't set sev->fh to NULL on unsubscribe Setting sev->fh to NULL causes problems for the del op added in the next patch of this series, since this op needs a way to get to its own data structures, and typically this will be done by using container_of on an embedded v4l2_fh struct. The reason the original code is setting sev->fh to NULL is to signal to users of the event framework that the unsubscription has happened, but since their is no shared lock between the event framework and users of it, this is inherently racy, and it also turns out to be unnecessary as long as both the event framework and the user of the framework do their own locking properly and the user guarantees that it holds no references to the subcribed_event structure after its del operation has been called. This is best explained by looking at the only code currently checking for sev->fh being set to NULL on unsubscribe, which is the v4l2-ctrls.c send_event function. Here is the relevant code from v4l2-ctrls: send_event(): if (sev->fh && (sev->fh != fh || (sev->flags & V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK))) v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev); Now lets say that v4l2_event_unsubscribe and v4l2-ctrls: send_event() race on the same sev, then the following could happens: 1) send_event checks sev->fh, finds it is not NULL <thread switch> 2) v4l2_event_unsubscribe sets sev->fh NULL 3) v4l2_event_unsubscribe calls v4l2_ctrls del_event function, this blocks as the thread calling send_event holds the ctrl_lock <thread switch> 4) send_event calls v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev) which not is equivalent to calling: v4l2_event_queue_fh(NULL, &ev) 5) oops, NULL pointer deref. Now again without setting sev->fh to NULL in v4l2_event_unsubscribe and without the (now senseless since always true) sev->fh != NULL check in 1) send_event is about to call v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev) <thread switch> 2) v4l2_event_unsubscribe removes sev->list from the fh->subscribed list <thread switch> 3) send_event calls v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev) 4) v4l2_event_queue_fh blocks on the fh_lock spinlock <thread switch> 5) v4l2_event_unsubscribe unlocks the fh_lock spinlock 6) v4l2_event_unsubscribe calls v4l2_ctrls del_event function, this blocks as the thread calling send_event holds the ctrl_lock <thread switch> 8) v4l2_event_queue_fh takes the fh_lock 7) v4l2_event_queue_fh calls v4l2_event_subscribed, does not find it since sev->list has been removed from fh->subscribed already -> does nothing 9) v4l2_event_queue_fh releases the fh_lock 10) the caller of send_event releases the ctrl lock (mutex) <thread switch> 11) v4l2_ctrls del_event takes the ctrl lock 12) v4l2_ctrls del_event removes sev->node from the ev_subs list 13) v4l2_ctrls del_event releases the ctrl lock 14) v4l2_event_unsubscribe frees the sev, to which no references are being held anymore Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-10-26 16:52:47 +08:00
if (sev->fh != fh ||
(sev->flags & V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK))
v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev);
}
static bool std_equal(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 idx,
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr1,
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr2)
{
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON:
return false;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
idx *= ctrl->elem_size;
/* strings are always 0-terminated */
return !strcmp(ptr1.p_char + idx, ptr2.p_char + idx);
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
return ptr1.p_s64[idx] == ptr2.p_s64[idx];
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8:
return ptr1.p_u8[idx] == ptr2.p_u8[idx];
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16:
return ptr1.p_u16[idx] == ptr2.p_u16[idx];
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32:
return ptr1.p_u32[idx] == ptr2.p_u32[idx];
default:
if (ctrl->is_int)
return ptr1.p_s32[idx] == ptr2.p_s32[idx];
idx *= ctrl->elem_size;
return !memcmp(ptr1.p + idx, ptr2.p + idx, ctrl->elem_size);
}
}
static void std_init(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 idx,
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr)
{
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
idx *= ctrl->elem_size;
memset(ptr.p_char + idx, ' ', ctrl->minimum);
ptr.p_char[idx + ctrl->minimum] = '\0';
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
ptr.p_s64[idx] = ctrl->default_value;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
ptr.p_s32[idx] = ctrl->default_value;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8:
ptr.p_u8[idx] = ctrl->default_value;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16:
ptr.p_u16[idx] = ctrl->default_value;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32:
ptr.p_u32[idx] = ctrl->default_value;
break;
default:
idx *= ctrl->elem_size;
memset(ptr.p + idx, 0, ctrl->elem_size);
break;
}
}
static void std_log(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr = ctrl->p_cur;
if (ctrl->is_array) {
unsigned i;
for (i = 0; i < ctrl->nr_of_dims; i++)
pr_cont("[%u]", ctrl->dims[i]);
pr_cont(" ");
}
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
pr_cont("%d", *ptr.p_s32);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
pr_cont("%s", *ptr.p_s32 ? "true" : "false");
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
pr_cont("%s", ctrl->qmenu[*ptr.p_s32]);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
pr_cont("%lld", ctrl->qmenu_int[*ptr.p_s32]);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
pr_cont("0x%08x", *ptr.p_s32);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
pr_cont("%lld", *ptr.p_s64);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
pr_cont("%s", ptr.p_char);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8:
pr_cont("%u", (unsigned)*ptr.p_u8);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16:
pr_cont("%u", (unsigned)*ptr.p_u16);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32:
pr_cont("%u", (unsigned)*ptr.p_u32);
break;
default:
pr_cont("unknown type %d", ctrl->type);
break;
}
}
/*
* Round towards the closest legal value. Be careful when we are
* close to the maximum range of the control type to prevent
* wrap-arounds.
*/
#define ROUND_TO_RANGE(val, offset_type, ctrl) \
({ \
offset_type offset; \
if ((ctrl)->maximum >= 0 && \
val >= (ctrl)->maximum - (s32)((ctrl)->step / 2)) \
val = (ctrl)->maximum; \
else \
val += (s32)((ctrl)->step / 2); \
val = clamp_t(typeof(val), val, \
(ctrl)->minimum, (ctrl)->maximum); \
offset = (val) - (ctrl)->minimum; \
offset = (ctrl)->step * (offset / (u32)(ctrl)->step); \
val = (ctrl)->minimum + offset; \
0; \
})
/* Validate a new control */
static int std_validate(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 idx,
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr)
{
size_t len;
u64 offset;
s64 val;
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
return ROUND_TO_RANGE(ptr.p_s32[idx], u32, ctrl);
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
/*
* We can't use the ROUND_TO_RANGE define here due to
* the u64 divide that needs special care.
*/
val = ptr.p_s64[idx];
if (ctrl->maximum >= 0 && val >= ctrl->maximum - (s64)(ctrl->step / 2))
val = ctrl->maximum;
else
val += (s64)(ctrl->step / 2);
val = clamp_t(s64, val, ctrl->minimum, ctrl->maximum);
offset = val - ctrl->minimum;
do_div(offset, ctrl->step);
ptr.p_s64[idx] = ctrl->minimum + offset * ctrl->step;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8:
return ROUND_TO_RANGE(ptr.p_u8[idx], u8, ctrl);
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16:
return ROUND_TO_RANGE(ptr.p_u16[idx], u16, ctrl);
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32:
return ROUND_TO_RANGE(ptr.p_u32[idx], u32, ctrl);
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
ptr.p_s32[idx] = !!ptr.p_s32[idx];
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
if (ptr.p_s32[idx] < ctrl->minimum || ptr.p_s32[idx] > ctrl->maximum)
return -ERANGE;
if (ctrl->menu_skip_mask & (1 << ptr.p_s32[idx]))
return -EINVAL;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU &&
ctrl->qmenu[ptr.p_s32[idx]][0] == '\0')
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
ptr.p_s32[idx] &= ctrl->maximum;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS:
ptr.p_s32[idx] = 0;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
idx *= ctrl->elem_size;
len = strlen(ptr.p_char + idx);
if (len < ctrl->minimum)
return -ERANGE;
if ((len - (u32)ctrl->minimum) % (u32)ctrl->step)
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
}
static const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops std_type_ops = {
.equal = std_equal,
.init = std_init,
.log = std_log,
.validate = std_validate,
};
/* Helper function: copy the given control value back to the caller */
static int ptr_to_user(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
u32 len;
if (ctrl->is_ptr && !ctrl->is_string)
return copy_to_user(c->ptr, ptr.p, c->size) ?
-EFAULT : 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
len = strlen(ptr.p_char);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (c->size < len + 1) {
c->size = ctrl->elem_size;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -ENOSPC;
}
return copy_to_user(c->string, ptr.p_char, len + 1) ?
-EFAULT : 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
c->value64 = *ptr.p_s64;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
break;
default:
c->value = *ptr.p_s32;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
break;
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function: copy the current control value back to the caller */
static int cur_to_user(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
return ptr_to_user(c, ctrl, ctrl->p_cur);
}
/* Helper function: copy the new control value back to the caller */
static int new_to_user(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
return ptr_to_user(c, ctrl, ctrl->p_new);
}
/* Helper function: copy the initial control value back to the caller */
static int def_to_user(struct v4l2_ext_control *c, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
int idx;
for (idx = 0; idx < ctrl->elems; idx++)
ctrl->type_ops->init(ctrl, idx, ctrl->p_new);
return ptr_to_user(c, ctrl, ctrl->p_new);
}
/* Helper function: copy the caller-provider value to the given control value */
static int user_to_ptr(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
int ret;
u32 size;
ctrl->is_new = 1;
if (ctrl->is_ptr && !ctrl->is_string) {
unsigned idx;
ret = copy_from_user(ptr.p, c->ptr, c->size) ? -EFAULT : 0;
if (ret || !ctrl->is_array)
return ret;
for (idx = c->size / ctrl->elem_size; idx < ctrl->elems; idx++)
ctrl->type_ops->init(ctrl, idx, ptr);
return 0;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
*ptr.p_s64 = c->value64;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
size = c->size;
if (size == 0)
return -ERANGE;
if (size > ctrl->maximum + 1)
size = ctrl->maximum + 1;
ret = copy_from_user(ptr.p_char, c->string, size) ? -EFAULT : 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (!ret) {
char last = ptr.p_char[size - 1];
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ptr.p_char[size - 1] = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* If the string was longer than ctrl->maximum,
then return an error. */
if (strlen(ptr.p_char) == ctrl->maximum && last)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -ERANGE;
}
return ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
default:
*ptr.p_s32 = c->value;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
break;
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function: copy the caller-provider value as the new control value */
static int user_to_new(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
return user_to_ptr(c, ctrl, ctrl->p_new);
}
/* Copy the one value to another. */
static void ptr_to_ptr(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr from, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr to)
{
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
memcpy(to.p, from.p, ctrl->elems * ctrl->elem_size);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Copy the new value to the current value. */
static void new_to_cur(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 ch_flags)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
bool changed;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
/* has_changed is set by cluster_changed */
changed = ctrl->has_changed;
if (changed)
ptr_to_ptr(ctrl, ctrl->p_new, ctrl->p_cur);
if (ch_flags & V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS) {
/* Note: CH_FLAGS is only set for auto clusters. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
ctrl->flags &=
~(V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE);
if (!is_cur_manual(ctrl->cluster[0])) {
ctrl->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (ctrl->cluster[0]->has_volatiles)
ctrl->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE;
}
fh = NULL;
}
if (changed || ch_flags) {
/* If a control was changed that was not one of the controls
modified by the application, then send the event to all. */
if (!ctrl->is_new)
fh = NULL;
send_event(fh, ctrl,
(changed ? V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE : 0) | ch_flags);
if (ctrl->call_notify && changed && ctrl->handler->notify)
ctrl->handler->notify(ctrl, ctrl->handler->notify_priv);
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Copy the current value to the new value */
static void cur_to_new(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
ptr_to_ptr(ctrl, ctrl->p_cur, ctrl->p_new);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Return non-zero if one or more of the controls in the cluster has a new
value that differs from the current value. */
static int cluster_changed(struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
bool changed = false;
unsigned idx;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int i;
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = master->cluster[i];
bool ctrl_changed = false;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL)
continue;
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE)
changed = ctrl_changed = true;
/*
* Set has_changed to false to avoid generating
* the event V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE
*/
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE) {
ctrl->has_changed = false;
continue;
}
for (idx = 0; !ctrl_changed && idx < ctrl->elems; idx++)
ctrl_changed = !ctrl->type_ops->equal(ctrl, idx,
ctrl->p_cur, ctrl->p_new);
ctrl->has_changed = ctrl_changed;
changed |= ctrl->has_changed;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
return changed;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Control range checking */
static int check_range(enum v4l2_ctrl_type type,
s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def)
{
switch (type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
if (step != 1 || max > 1 || min < 0)
return -ERANGE;
/* fall through */
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
if (step == 0 || min > max || def < min || def > max)
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
if (step || min || !max || (def & ~max))
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
if (min > max || def < min || def > max)
return -ERANGE;
/* Note: step == menu_skip_mask for menu controls.
So here we check if the default value is masked out. */
if (step && ((1 << def) & step))
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
if (min > max || min < 0 || step < 1 || def)
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
default:
return 0;
}
}
/* Validate a new control */
static int validate_new(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
unsigned idx;
int err = 0;
for (idx = 0; !err && idx < ctrl->elems; idx++)
err = ctrl->type_ops->validate(ctrl, idx, p_new);
return err;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
static inline u32 node2id(struct list_head *node)
{
return list_entry(node, struct v4l2_ctrl_ref, node)->ctrl->id;
}
/* Set the handler's error code if it wasn't set earlier already */
static inline int handler_set_err(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, int err)
{
if (hdl->error == 0)
hdl->error = err;
return err;
}
/* Initialize the handler */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: eliminate lockdep false alarms for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock When calling v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(), lockdep would detect a potential recursive locking problem on a situation that is by design intended and not a recursive lock. This happened because all struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock mutexes were created as members of the same lock class in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(), and v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() takes the hdl->lock on two different v4l2_ctrl_handler instances. This change breaks the large lockdep lock class for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock and breaks it into v4l2_ctrl_handler instantiation specific lock classes with meaningful class names. This will validly eliminate lockdep alarms for v4l2_ctrl_handler locking validation, as long as the relationships between drivers adding v4l2 controls to their own handler from other v4l2 drivers' control handlers remains straightforward. struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock lock classes are created with names such that the output of cat /proc/lockdep indicates where in the v4l2 driver code v4l2_ctrl_handle_init() is being called on instantiations: ffffffffa045f490 FD: 10 BD: 8 +.+...: cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0497d20 FD: 12 BD: 2 +.+.+.: saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa04ac660 FD: 14 BD: 2 +.+.+.: msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0484b90 FD: 12 BD: 1 +.+.+.: ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock ffffffffa04eb530 FD: 11 BD: 2 +.+.+.: cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock ffffffffa04fbc80 FD: 11 BD: 3 +.+.+.: wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock Some lock chains, that were previously causing the recursion alarms, are now visible in the output of cat /proc/lockdep_chains: irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0497d20] saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04ac660] msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0484b90] ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04eb530] cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04fbc80] wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: keep mutex_init in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-09 16:55:11 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
unsigned nr_of_controls_hint,
struct lock_class_key *key, const char *name)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
hdl->lock = &hdl->_lock;
mutex_init(hdl->lock);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: eliminate lockdep false alarms for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock When calling v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(), lockdep would detect a potential recursive locking problem on a situation that is by design intended and not a recursive lock. This happened because all struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock mutexes were created as members of the same lock class in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(), and v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() takes the hdl->lock on two different v4l2_ctrl_handler instances. This change breaks the large lockdep lock class for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock and breaks it into v4l2_ctrl_handler instantiation specific lock classes with meaningful class names. This will validly eliminate lockdep alarms for v4l2_ctrl_handler locking validation, as long as the relationships between drivers adding v4l2 controls to their own handler from other v4l2 drivers' control handlers remains straightforward. struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock lock classes are created with names such that the output of cat /proc/lockdep indicates where in the v4l2 driver code v4l2_ctrl_handle_init() is being called on instantiations: ffffffffa045f490 FD: 10 BD: 8 +.+...: cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0497d20 FD: 12 BD: 2 +.+.+.: saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa04ac660 FD: 14 BD: 2 +.+.+.: msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0484b90 FD: 12 BD: 1 +.+.+.: ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock ffffffffa04eb530 FD: 11 BD: 2 +.+.+.: cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock ffffffffa04fbc80 FD: 11 BD: 3 +.+.+.: wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock Some lock chains, that were previously causing the recursion alarms, are now visible in the output of cat /proc/lockdep_chains: irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0497d20] saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04ac660] msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0484b90] ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04eb530] cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04fbc80] wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: keep mutex_init in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-09 16:55:11 +08:00
lockdep_set_class_and_name(hdl->lock, key, name);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&hdl->ctrls);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&hdl->ctrl_refs);
hdl->nr_of_buckets = 1 + nr_of_controls_hint / 8;
hdl->buckets = kcalloc(hdl->nr_of_buckets, sizeof(hdl->buckets[0]),
GFP_KERNEL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
hdl->error = hdl->buckets ? 0 : -ENOMEM;
return hdl->error;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: eliminate lockdep false alarms for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock When calling v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(), lockdep would detect a potential recursive locking problem on a situation that is by design intended and not a recursive lock. This happened because all struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock mutexes were created as members of the same lock class in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(), and v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() takes the hdl->lock on two different v4l2_ctrl_handler instances. This change breaks the large lockdep lock class for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock and breaks it into v4l2_ctrl_handler instantiation specific lock classes with meaningful class names. This will validly eliminate lockdep alarms for v4l2_ctrl_handler locking validation, as long as the relationships between drivers adding v4l2 controls to their own handler from other v4l2 drivers' control handlers remains straightforward. struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock lock classes are created with names such that the output of cat /proc/lockdep indicates where in the v4l2 driver code v4l2_ctrl_handle_init() is being called on instantiations: ffffffffa045f490 FD: 10 BD: 8 +.+...: cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0497d20 FD: 12 BD: 2 +.+.+.: saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa04ac660 FD: 14 BD: 2 +.+.+.: msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0484b90 FD: 12 BD: 1 +.+.+.: ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock ffffffffa04eb530 FD: 11 BD: 2 +.+.+.: cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock ffffffffa04fbc80 FD: 11 BD: 3 +.+.+.: wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock Some lock chains, that were previously causing the recursion alarms, are now visible in the output of cat /proc/lockdep_chains: irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0497d20] saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04ac660] msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0484b90] ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04eb530] cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04fbc80] wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: keep mutex_init in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-09 16:55:11 +08:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Free all controls and control refs */
void v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref, *next_ref;
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, *next_ctrl;
struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, *next_sev;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (hdl == NULL || hdl->buckets == NULL)
return;
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Free all nodes */
list_for_each_entry_safe(ref, next_ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
list_del(&ref->node);
kfree(ref);
}
/* Free all controls owned by the handler */
list_for_each_entry_safe(ctrl, next_ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node) {
list_del(&ctrl->node);
list_for_each_entry_safe(sev, next_sev, &ctrl->ev_subs, node)
list_del(&sev->node);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
kfree(ctrl);
}
kfree(hdl->buckets);
hdl->buckets = NULL;
hdl->cached = NULL;
hdl->error = 0;
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_free);
/* For backwards compatibility: V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE should no longer
be used except in G_CTRL, S_CTRL, QUERYCTRL and QUERYMENU when dealing
with applications that do not use the NEXT_CTRL flag.
We just find the n-th private user control. It's O(N), but that should not
be an issue in this particular case. */
static struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *find_private_ref(
struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
id -= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE;
list_for_each_entry(ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
/* Search for private user controls that are compatible with
VIDIOC_G/S_CTRL. */
if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(ref->ctrl->id) == V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER &&
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
V4L2_CTRL_DRIVER_PRIV(ref->ctrl->id)) {
if (!ref->ctrl->is_int)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
if (id == 0)
return ref;
id--;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* Find a control with the given ID. */
static struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *find_ref(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
int bucket;
id &= V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK;
/* Old-style private controls need special handling */
if (id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE)
return find_private_ref(hdl, id);
bucket = id % hdl->nr_of_buckets;
/* Simple optimization: cache the last control found */
if (hdl->cached && hdl->cached->ctrl->id == id)
return hdl->cached;
/* Not in cache, search the hash */
ref = hdl->buckets ? hdl->buckets[bucket] : NULL;
while (ref && ref->ctrl->id != id)
ref = ref->next;
if (ref)
hdl->cached = ref; /* cache it! */
return ref;
}
/* Find a control with the given ID. Take the handler's lock first. */
static struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *find_ref_lock(
struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref = NULL;
if (hdl) {
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ref = find_ref(hdl, id);
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
return ref;
}
/* Find a control with the given ID. */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref = find_ref_lock(hdl, id);
return ref ? ref->ctrl : NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_find);
/* Allocate a new v4l2_ctrl_ref and hook it into the handler. */
static int handler_new_ref(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *new_ref;
u32 id = ctrl->id;
u32 class_ctrl = V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(id) | 1;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int bucket = id % hdl->nr_of_buckets; /* which bucket to use */
/*
* Automatically add the control class if it is not yet present and
* the new control is not a compound control.
*/
if (ctrl->type < V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES &&
id != class_ctrl && find_ref_lock(hdl, class_ctrl) == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (!v4l2_ctrl_new_std(hdl, NULL, class_ctrl, 0, 0, 0, 0))
return hdl->error;
if (hdl->error)
return hdl->error;
new_ref = kzalloc(sizeof(*new_ref), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!new_ref)
return handler_set_err(hdl, -ENOMEM);
new_ref->ctrl = ctrl;
if (ctrl->handler == hdl) {
/* By default each control starts in a cluster of its own.
new_ref->ctrl is basically a cluster array with one
element, so that's perfect to use as the cluster pointer.
But only do this for the handler that owns the control. */
ctrl->cluster = &new_ref->ctrl;
ctrl->ncontrols = 1;
}
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&new_ref->node);
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Add immediately at the end of the list if the list is empty, or if
the last element in the list has a lower ID.
This ensures that when elements are added in ascending order the
insertion is an O(1) operation. */
if (list_empty(&hdl->ctrl_refs) || id > node2id(hdl->ctrl_refs.prev)) {
list_add_tail(&new_ref->node, &hdl->ctrl_refs);
goto insert_in_hash;
}
/* Find insert position in sorted list */
list_for_each_entry(ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
if (ref->ctrl->id < id)
continue;
/* Don't add duplicates */
if (ref->ctrl->id == id) {
kfree(new_ref);
goto unlock;
}
list_add(&new_ref->node, ref->node.prev);
break;
}
insert_in_hash:
/* Insert the control node in the hash */
new_ref->next = hdl->buckets[bucket];
hdl->buckets[bucket] = new_ref;
unlock:
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
}
/* Add a new control */
static struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops *type_ops,
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
u32 id, const char *name, enum v4l2_ctrl_type type,
s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def,
const u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS], u32 elem_size,
u32 flags, const char * const *qmenu,
const s64 *qmenu_int, void *priv)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
unsigned sz_extra;
unsigned nr_of_dims = 0;
unsigned elems = 1;
bool is_array;
unsigned tot_ctrl_size;
unsigned idx;
void *data;
int err;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (hdl->error)
return NULL;
while (dims && dims[nr_of_dims]) {
elems *= dims[nr_of_dims];
nr_of_dims++;
if (nr_of_dims == V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS)
break;
}
is_array = nr_of_dims > 0;
/* Prefill elem_size for all types handled by std_type_ops */
switch (type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
elem_size = sizeof(s64);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
elem_size = max + 1;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8:
elem_size = sizeof(u8);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16:
elem_size = sizeof(u16);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32:
elem_size = sizeof(u32);
break;
default:
if (type < V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES)
elem_size = sizeof(s32);
break;
}
tot_ctrl_size = elem_size * elems;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Sanity checks */
if (id == 0 || name == NULL || !elem_size ||
id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE ||
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
(type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU && qmenu == NULL) ||
(type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU && qmenu_int == NULL)) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -ERANGE);
return NULL;
}
err = check_range(type, min, max, step, def);
if (err) {
handler_set_err(hdl, err);
return NULL;
}
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK && ((def & ~max) || min || step)) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -ERANGE);
return NULL;
}
if (is_array &&
(type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON ||
type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS)) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
sz_extra = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON)
flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY |
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
else if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS)
flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
else if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64 ||
type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING ||
type >= V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES ||
is_array)
sz_extra += 2 * tot_ctrl_size;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl = kzalloc(sizeof(*ctrl) + sz_extra, GFP_KERNEL);
if (ctrl == NULL) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -ENOMEM);
return NULL;
}
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ctrl->node);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ctrl->ev_subs);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->handler = hdl;
ctrl->ops = ops;
ctrl->type_ops = type_ops ? type_ops : &std_type_ops;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->id = id;
ctrl->name = name;
ctrl->type = type;
ctrl->flags = flags;
ctrl->minimum = min;
ctrl->maximum = max;
ctrl->step = step;
ctrl->default_value = def;
ctrl->is_string = !is_array && type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING;
ctrl->is_ptr = is_array || type >= V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES || ctrl->is_string;
ctrl->is_int = !ctrl->is_ptr && type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64;
ctrl->is_array = is_array;
ctrl->elems = elems;
ctrl->nr_of_dims = nr_of_dims;
if (nr_of_dims)
memcpy(ctrl->dims, dims, nr_of_dims * sizeof(dims[0]));
ctrl->elem_size = elem_size;
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
ctrl->qmenu = qmenu;
else if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU)
ctrl->qmenu_int = qmenu_int;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->priv = priv;
ctrl->cur.val = ctrl->val = def;
data = &ctrl[1];
if (!ctrl->is_int) {
ctrl->p_new.p = data;
ctrl->p_cur.p = data + tot_ctrl_size;
} else {
ctrl->p_new.p = &ctrl->val;
ctrl->p_cur.p = &ctrl->cur.val;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
for (idx = 0; idx < elems; idx++) {
ctrl->type_ops->init(ctrl, idx, ctrl->p_cur);
ctrl->type_ops->init(ctrl, idx, ctrl->p_new);
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (handler_new_ref(hdl, ctrl)) {
kfree(ctrl);
return NULL;
}
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
list_add_tail(&ctrl->node, &hdl->ctrls);
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ctrl;
}
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_config *cfg, void *priv)
{
bool is_menu;
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
const char *name = cfg->name;
const char * const *qmenu = cfg->qmenu;
const s64 *qmenu_int = cfg->qmenu_int;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type = cfg->type;
u32 flags = cfg->flags;
s64 min = cfg->min;
s64 max = cfg->max;
u64 step = cfg->step;
s64 def = cfg->def;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (name == NULL)
v4l2_ctrl_fill(cfg->id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step,
&def, &flags);
is_menu = (cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU ||
cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (is_menu)
WARN_ON(step);
else
WARN_ON(cfg->menu_skip_mask);
if (cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU && qmenu == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
qmenu = v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(cfg->id);
else if (cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU &&
qmenu_int == NULL) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, cfg->ops, cfg->type_ops, cfg->id, name,
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
type, min, max,
is_menu ? cfg->menu_skip_mask : step, def,
cfg->dims, cfg->elem_size,
flags, qmenu, qmenu_int, priv);
if (ctrl)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->is_private = cfg->is_private;
return ctrl;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_custom);
/* Helper function for standard non-menu controls */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
u32 id, s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
const char *name;
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
u32 flags;
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU ||
type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU ||
type >= V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, NULL, id, name, type,
min, max, step, def, NULL, 0,
flags, NULL, NULL, NULL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_std);
/* Helper function for standard menu controls */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
u32 id, u8 _max, u64 mask, u8 _def)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
const char * const *qmenu = NULL;
const s64 *qmenu_int = NULL;
unsigned int qmenu_int_len = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
const char *name;
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
s64 min;
s64 max = _max;
s64 def = _def;
u64 step;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
u32 flags;
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
qmenu = v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(id);
else if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU)
qmenu_int = v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu(id, &qmenu_int_len);
if ((!qmenu && !qmenu_int) || (qmenu_int && max > qmenu_int_len)) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, NULL, id, name, type,
0, max, mask, def, NULL, 0,
flags, qmenu, qmenu_int, NULL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu);
/* Helper function for standard menu controls with driver defined menu */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, u32 id, u8 _max,
u64 mask, u8 _def, const char * const *qmenu)
{
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
const char *name;
u32 flags;
u64 step;
s64 min;
s64 max = _max;
s64 def = _def;
/* v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items() should only be called for
* standard controls without a standard menu.
*/
if (v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(id)) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
if (type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU || qmenu == NULL) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, NULL, id, name, type,
0, max, mask, def, NULL, 0,
flags, qmenu, NULL, NULL);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items);
/* Helper function for standard integer menu controls */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
u32 id, u8 _max, u8 _def, const s64 *qmenu_int)
{
const char *name;
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
s64 min;
u64 step;
s64 max = _max;
s64 def = _def;
u32 flags;
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
if (type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, NULL, id, name, type,
0, max, 0, def, NULL, 0,
flags, NULL, qmenu_int, NULL);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Add the controls from another handler to our own. */
int v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *add,
bool (*filter)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl))
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int ret = 0;
/* Do nothing if either handler is NULL or if they are the same */
if (!hdl || !add || hdl == add)
return 0;
if (hdl->error)
return hdl->error;
mutex_lock(add->lock);
list_for_each_entry(ref, &add->ctrl_refs, node) {
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = ref->ctrl;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Skip handler-private controls. */
if (ctrl->is_private)
continue;
/* And control classes */
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS)
continue;
/* Filter any unwanted controls */
if (filter && !filter(ctrl))
continue;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ret = handler_new_ref(hdl, ctrl);
if (ret)
break;
}
mutex_unlock(add->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_add_handler);
bool v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(ctrl->id) == V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX)
return true;
if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(ctrl->id) == V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX)
return true;
switch (ctrl->id) {
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS:
return true;
default:
break;
}
return false;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Cluster controls */
void v4l2_ctrl_cluster(unsigned ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
bool has_volatiles = false;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int i;
/* The first control is the master control and it must not be NULL */
if (WARN_ON(ncontrols == 0 || controls[0] == NULL))
return;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < ncontrols; i++) {
if (controls[i]) {
controls[i]->cluster = controls;
controls[i]->ncontrols = ncontrols;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (controls[i]->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE)
has_volatiles = true;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
controls[0]->has_volatiles = has_volatiles;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_cluster);
void v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster(unsigned ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls,
u8 manual_val, bool set_volatile)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = controls[0];
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
u32 flag = 0;
int i;
v4l2_ctrl_cluster(ncontrols, controls);
WARN_ON(ncontrols <= 1);
WARN_ON(manual_val < master->minimum || manual_val > master->maximum);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
WARN_ON(set_volatile && !has_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl));
master->is_auto = true;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
master->has_volatiles = set_volatile;
master->manual_mode_value = manual_val;
master->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (!is_cur_manual(master))
flag = V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE |
(set_volatile ? V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE : 0);
for (i = 1; i < ncontrols; i++)
if (controls[i])
controls[i]->flags |= flag;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Activate/deactivate a control. */
void v4l2_ctrl_activate(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool active)
{
/* invert since the actual flag is called 'inactive' */
bool inactive = !active;
bool old;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
if (inactive)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE */
old = test_and_set_bit(4, &ctrl->flags);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
else
/* clear V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE */
old = test_and_clear_bit(4, &ctrl->flags);
if (old != inactive)
send_event(NULL, ctrl, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_activate);
/* Grab/ungrab a control.
Typically used when streaming starts and you want to grab controls,
preventing the user from changing them.
Just call this and the framework will block any attempts to change
these controls. */
void v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed)
{
bool old;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (grabbed)
/* set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED */
old = test_and_set_bit(1, &ctrl->flags);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
else
/* clear V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED */
old = test_and_clear_bit(1, &ctrl->flags);
if (old != grabbed)
send_event(NULL, ctrl, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS);
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_grab);
/* Log the control name and value */
static void log_ctrl(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
const char *prefix, const char *colon)
{
if (ctrl->flags & (V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY))
return;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS)
return;
pr_info("%s%s%s: ", prefix, colon, ctrl->name);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->type_ops->log(ctrl);
if (ctrl->flags & (V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE |
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED |
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE)) {
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE)
pr_cont(" inactive");
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED)
pr_cont(" grabbed");
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE)
pr_cont(" volatile");
}
pr_cont("\n");
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Log all controls owned by the handler */
void v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const char *prefix)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
const char *colon = "";
int len;
if (hdl == NULL)
return;
if (prefix == NULL)
prefix = "";
len = strlen(prefix);
if (len && prefix[len - 1] != ' ')
colon = ": ";
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
list_for_each_entry(ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node)
if (!(ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED))
log_ctrl(ctrl, prefix, colon);
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status);
int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
{
v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(sd->ctrl_handler, sd->name);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Call s_ctrl for all controls owned by the handler */
int v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
int ret = 0;
if (hdl == NULL)
return 0;
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
list_for_each_entry(ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node)
ctrl->done = false;
list_for_each_entry(ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node) {
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = ctrl->cluster[0];
int i;
/* Skip if this control was already handled by a cluster. */
/* Skip button controls and read-only controls. */
if (ctrl->done || ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON ||
(ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY))
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++) {
if (master->cluster[i]) {
cur_to_new(master->cluster[i]);
master->cluster[i]->is_new = 1;
master->cluster[i]->done = true;
}
}
ret = call_op(master, s_ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ret)
break;
}
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup);
/* Implement VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL */
int v4l2_query_ext_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *qc)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
const unsigned next_flags = V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
u32 id = qc->id & V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK;
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
if (hdl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Try to find it */
ref = find_ref(hdl, id);
if ((qc->id & next_flags) && !list_empty(&hdl->ctrl_refs)) {
bool is_compound;
/* Match any control that is not hidden */
unsigned mask = 1;
bool match = false;
if ((qc->id & next_flags) == V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND) {
/* Match any hidden control */
match = true;
} else if ((qc->id & next_flags) == next_flags) {
/* Match any control, compound or not */
mask = 0;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Find the next control with ID > qc->id */
/* Did we reach the end of the control list? */
if (id >= node2id(hdl->ctrl_refs.prev)) {
ref = NULL; /* Yes, so there is no next control */
} else if (ref) {
/* We found a control with the given ID, so just get
the next valid one in the list. */
list_for_each_entry_continue(ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
is_compound = ref->ctrl->is_array ||
ref->ctrl->type >= V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES;
if (id < ref->ctrl->id &&
(is_compound & mask) == match)
break;
}
if (&ref->node == &hdl->ctrl_refs)
ref = NULL;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
} else {
/* No control with the given ID exists, so start
searching for the next largest ID. We know there
is one, otherwise the first 'if' above would have
been true. */
list_for_each_entry(ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
is_compound = ref->ctrl->is_array ||
ref->ctrl->type >= V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES;
if (id < ref->ctrl->id &&
(is_compound & mask) == match)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
break;
}
if (&ref->node == &hdl->ctrl_refs)
ref = NULL;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
}
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (!ref)
return -EINVAL;
ctrl = ref->ctrl;
memset(qc, 0, sizeof(*qc));
if (id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE)
qc->id = id;
else
qc->id = ctrl->id;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
strlcpy(qc->name, ctrl->name, sizeof(qc->name));
qc->flags = ctrl->flags;
qc->type = ctrl->type;
if (ctrl->is_ptr)
qc->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD;
qc->elem_size = ctrl->elem_size;
qc->elems = ctrl->elems;
qc->nr_of_dims = ctrl->nr_of_dims;
memcpy(qc->dims, ctrl->dims, qc->nr_of_dims * sizeof(qc->dims[0]));
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
qc->minimum = ctrl->minimum;
qc->maximum = ctrl->maximum;
qc->default_value = ctrl->default_value;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU
|| ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
qc->step = 1;
else
qc->step = ctrl->step;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_query_ext_ctrl);
/* Implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL */
int v4l2_queryctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc)
{
struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl qec = { qc->id };
int rc;
rc = v4l2_query_ext_ctrl(hdl, &qec);
if (rc)
return rc;
qc->id = qec.id;
qc->type = qec.type;
qc->flags = qec.flags;
strlcpy(qc->name, qec.name, sizeof(qc->name));
switch (qc->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
qc->minimum = qec.minimum;
qc->maximum = qec.maximum;
qc->step = qec.step;
qc->default_value = qec.default_value;
break;
default:
qc->minimum = 0;
qc->maximum = 0;
qc->step = 0;
qc->default_value = 0;
break;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_queryctrl);
/* Implement VIDIOC_QUERYMENU */
int v4l2_querymenu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
u32 i = qm->index;
ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(hdl, qm->id);
if (!ctrl)
return -EINVAL;
qm->reserved = 0;
/* Sanity checks */
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
if (ctrl->qmenu == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
if (ctrl->qmenu_int == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
if (i < ctrl->minimum || i > ctrl->maximum)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Use mask to see if this menu item should be skipped */
if (ctrl->menu_skip_mask & (1 << i))
return -EINVAL;
/* Empty menu items should also be skipped */
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) {
if (ctrl->qmenu[i] == NULL || ctrl->qmenu[i][0] == '\0')
return -EINVAL;
strlcpy(qm->name, ctrl->qmenu[i], sizeof(qm->name));
} else {
qm->value = ctrl->qmenu_int[i];
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_querymenu);
/* Some general notes on the atomic requirements of VIDIOC_G/TRY/S_EXT_CTRLS:
It is not a fully atomic operation, just best-effort only. After all, if
multiple controls have to be set through multiple i2c writes (for example)
then some initial writes may succeed while others fail. Thus leaving the
system in an inconsistent state. The question is how much effort you are
willing to spend on trying to make something atomic that really isn't.
From the point of view of an application the main requirement is that
when you call VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS and some values are invalid then an
error should be returned without actually affecting any controls.
If all the values are correct, then it is acceptable to just give up
in case of low-level errors.
It is important though that the application can tell when only a partial
configuration was done. The way we do that is through the error_idx field
of struct v4l2_ext_controls: if that is equal to the count field then no
controls were affected. Otherwise all controls before that index were
successful in performing their 'get' or 'set' operation, the control at
the given index failed, and you don't know what happened with the controls
after the failed one. Since if they were part of a control cluster they
could have been successfully processed (if a cluster member was encountered
at index < error_idx), they could have failed (if a cluster member was at
error_idx), or they may not have been processed yet (if the first cluster
member appeared after error_idx).
It is all fairly theoretical, though. In practice all you can do is to
bail out. If error_idx == count, then it is an application bug. If
error_idx < count then it is only an application bug if the error code was
EBUSY. That usually means that something started streaming just when you
tried to set the controls. In all other cases it is a driver/hardware
problem and all you can do is to retry or bail out.
Note that these rules do not apply to VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS: since that
never modifies controls the error_idx is just set to whatever control
has an invalid value.
*/
/* Prepare for the extended g/s/try functions.
Find the controls in the control array and do some basic checks. */
static int prepare_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs,
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers,
bool get)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *h;
bool have_clusters = false;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
u32 i;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
for (i = 0, h = helpers; i < cs->count; i++, h++) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ext_control *c = &cs->controls[i];
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
u32 id = c->id & V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK;
cs->error_idx = i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (cs->which &&
cs->which != V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL &&
V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(id) != cs->which)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
/* Old-style private controls are not allowed for
extended controls */
if (id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE)
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ref = find_ref_lock(hdl, id);
if (ref == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ctrl = ref->ctrl;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (ctrl->cluster[0]->ncontrols > 1)
have_clusters = true;
if (ctrl->cluster[0] != ctrl)
ref = find_ref_lock(hdl, ctrl->cluster[0]->id);
if (ctrl->is_ptr && !ctrl->is_string) {
unsigned tot_size = ctrl->elems * ctrl->elem_size;
if (c->size < tot_size) {
if (get) {
c->size = tot_size;
return -ENOSPC;
}
return -EFAULT;
}
c->size = tot_size;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* Store the ref to the master control of the cluster */
h->mref = ref;
h->ctrl = ctrl;
/* Initially set next to 0, meaning that there is no other
control in this helper array belonging to the same
cluster */
h->next = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* We are done if there were no controls that belong to a multi-
control cluster. */
if (!have_clusters)
return 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* The code below figures out in O(n) time which controls in the list
belong to the same cluster. */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* This has to be done with the handler lock taken. */
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* First zero the helper field in the master control references */
for (i = 0; i < cs->count; i++)
helpers[i].mref->helper = NULL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
for (i = 0, h = helpers; i < cs->count; i++, h++) {
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *mref = h->mref;
/* If the mref->helper is set, then it points to an earlier
helper that belongs to the same cluster. */
if (mref->helper) {
/* Set the next field of mref->helper to the current
index: this means that that earlier helper now
points to the next helper in the same cluster. */
mref->helper->next = i;
/* mref should be set only for the first helper in the
cluster, clear the others. */
h->mref = NULL;
}
/* Point the mref helper to the current helper struct. */
mref->helper = h;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
return 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Handles the corner case where cs->count == 0. It checks whether the
specified control class exists. If that class ID is 0, then it checks
whether there are any controls at all. */
static int class_check(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 which)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
if (which == 0 || which == V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return list_empty(&hdl->ctrl_refs) ? -EINVAL : 0;
return find_ref_lock(hdl, which | 1) ? 0 : -EINVAL;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Get extended controls. Allocates the helpers array if needed. */
int v4l2_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper helper[4];
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers = helper;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int ret;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
int i, j;
bool def_value;
def_value = (cs->which == V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
cs->which = V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(cs->which);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (hdl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
if (cs->count == 0)
return class_check(hdl, cs->which);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper)) {
helpers = kmalloc_array(cs->count, sizeof(helper[0]),
GFP_KERNEL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (helpers == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
}
ret = prepare_ext_ctrls(hdl, cs, helpers, true);
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; !ret && i < cs->count; i++)
if (helpers[i].ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY)
ret = -EACCES;
for (i = 0; !ret && i < cs->count; i++) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
int (*ctrl_to_user)(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *master;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl_to_user = def_value ? def_to_user : cur_to_user;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (helpers[i].mref == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
master = helpers[i].mref->ctrl;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
cs->error_idx = i;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(master);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
/* g_volatile_ctrl will update the new control values */
if (!def_value &&
((master->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE) ||
(master->has_volatiles && !is_cur_manual(master)))) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
for (j = 0; j < master->ncontrols; j++)
cur_to_new(master->cluster[j]);
ret = call_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ctrl_to_user = new_to_user;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
}
/* If OK, then copy the current (for non-volatile controls)
or the new (for volatile controls) control values to the
caller */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (!ret) {
u32 idx = i;
do {
ret = ctrl_to_user(cs->controls + idx,
helpers[idx].ctrl);
idx = helpers[idx].next;
} while (!ret && idx);
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(master);
}
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper))
kfree(helpers);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_g_ext_ctrls);
/* Helper function to get a single control */
static int get_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, struct v4l2_ext_control *c)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = ctrl->cluster[0];
int ret = 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
int i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Compound controls are not supported. The new_to_user() and
* cur_to_user() calls below would need to be modified not to access
* userspace memory when called from get_ctrl().
*/
if (!ctrl->is_int && ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64)
return -EINVAL;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY)
return -EACCES;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(master);
/* g_volatile_ctrl will update the current control values */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
cur_to_new(master->cluster[i]);
ret = call_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl);
new_to_user(c, ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
} else {
cur_to_user(c, ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(master);
return ret;
}
int v4l2_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_control *control)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(hdl, control->id);
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
int ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL || !ctrl->is_int)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
ret = get_ctrl(ctrl, &c);
control->value = c.value;
return ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_g_ctrl);
s32 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(!ctrl->is_int);
c.value = 0;
get_ctrl(ctrl, &c);
return c.value;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl);
s64 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(ctrl->is_ptr || ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64);
c.value64 = 0;
get_ctrl(ctrl, &c);
return c.value64;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Core function that calls try/s_ctrl and ensures that the new value is
copied to the current value on a set.
Must be called with ctrl->handler->lock held. */
static int try_or_set_cluster(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *master,
bool set, u32 ch_flags)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
bool update_flag;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
int ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int i;
/* Go through the cluster and either validate the new value or
(if no new value was set), copy the current value to the new
value, ensuring a consistent view for the control ops when
called. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = master->cluster[i];
if (ctrl == NULL)
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (!ctrl->is_new) {
cur_to_new(ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* Check again: it may have changed since the
previous check in try_or_set_ext_ctrls(). */
if (set && (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED))
return -EBUSY;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ret = call_op(master, try_ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Don't set if there is no change */
if (ret || !set || !cluster_changed(master))
return ret;
ret = call_op(master, s_ctrl);
if (ret)
return ret;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* If OK, then make the new values permanent. */
update_flag = is_cur_manual(master) != is_new_manual(master);
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
new_to_cur(fh, master->cluster[i], ch_flags |
((update_flag && i > 0) ? V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS : 0));
return 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Validate controls. */
static int validate_ctrls(struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs,
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers, bool set)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
unsigned i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int ret = 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < cs->count; i++) {
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = helpers[i].ctrl;
union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
cs->error_idx = i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY)
return -EACCES;
/* This test is also done in try_set_control_cluster() which
is called in atomic context, so that has the final say,
but it makes sense to do an up-front check as well. Once
an error occurs in try_set_control_cluster() some other
controls may have been set already and we want to do a
best-effort to avoid that. */
if (set && (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED))
return -EBUSY;
/*
* Skip validation for now if the payload needs to be copied
* from userspace into kernelspace. We'll validate those later.
*/
if (ctrl->is_ptr)
continue;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64)
p_new.p_s64 = &cs->controls[i].value64;
else
p_new.p_s32 = &cs->controls[i].value;
ret = validate_new(ctrl, p_new);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (ret)
return ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
return 0;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
/* Obtain the current volatile values of an autocluster and mark them
as new. */
static void update_from_auto_cluster(struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
int i;
[media] media/v4l2-ctrls: fix setting autocluster to manual with VIDIOC_S_CTRL Since commit 5d0360a4f027576e5419d4a7c711c9ca0f1be8ca it's not possible anymore to set auto clusters from auto to manual using VIDIOC_S_CTRL. For example, setting autogain to manual with gspca/ov534 driver and this sequence of commands does not work: v4l2-ctl --set-ctrl=gain_automatic=1 v4l2-ctl --list-ctrls | grep gain_automatic # The following does not work v4l2-ctl --set-ctrl=gain_automatic=0 v4l2-ctl --list-ctrls | grep gain_automatic Changing the value using VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS (like qv4l2 does) works fine. The apparent cause by looking at the changes in 5d0360a and comparing with the code path for VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS seems to be that the code in v4l2-ctrls.c::set_ctrl() is not calling user_to_new() anymore after calling update_from_auto_cluster(master). However the root cause of the problem is that calling update_from_auto_cluster(master) overrides also the _master_ control state calling cur_to_new() while it was supposed to only update the volatile controls. Calling user_to_new() after update_from_auto_cluster(master) was just masking the original bug by restoring the correct new value of the master control before making the changes permanent. Fix the original bug by making update_from_auto_cluster() not override the new master control value. Signed-off-by: Antonio Ospite <ao2@ao2.it> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # for v3.17 and up Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@osg.samsung.com>
2015-10-14 21:57:32 +08:00
for (i = 1; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
cur_to_new(master->cluster[i]);
if (!call_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl))
for (i = 1; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
if (master->cluster[i])
master->cluster[i]->is_new = 1;
}
/* Try or try-and-set controls */
static int try_set_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs,
bool set)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper helper[4];
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers = helper;
unsigned i, j;
int ret;
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
/* Default value cannot be changed */
if (cs->which == V4L2_CTRL_WHICH_DEF_VAL)
return -EINVAL;
cs->which = V4L2_CTRL_ID2WHICH(cs->which);
if (hdl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
if (cs->count == 0)
return class_check(hdl, cs->which);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper)) {
helpers = kmalloc_array(cs->count, sizeof(helper[0]),
GFP_KERNEL);
if (!helpers)
return -ENOMEM;
}
ret = prepare_ext_ctrls(hdl, cs, helpers, false);
if (!ret)
ret = validate_ctrls(cs, helpers, set);
if (ret && set)
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; !ret && i < cs->count; i++) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *master;
u32 idx = i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (helpers[i].mref == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
cs->error_idx = i;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
master = helpers[i].mref->ctrl;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(master);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Reset the 'is_new' flags of the cluster */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (j = 0; j < master->ncontrols; j++)
if (master->cluster[j])
master->cluster[j]->is_new = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
/* For volatile autoclusters that are currently in auto mode
we need to discover if it will be set to manual mode.
If so, then we have to copy the current volatile values
first since those will become the new manual values (which
may be overwritten by explicit new values from this set
of controls). */
if (master->is_auto && master->has_volatiles &&
!is_cur_manual(master)) {
/* Pick an initial non-manual value */
s32 new_auto_val = master->manual_mode_value + 1;
u32 tmp_idx = idx;
do {
/* Check if the auto control is part of the
list, and remember the new value. */
if (helpers[tmp_idx].ctrl == master)
new_auto_val = cs->controls[tmp_idx].value;
tmp_idx = helpers[tmp_idx].next;
} while (tmp_idx);
/* If the new value == the manual value, then copy
the current volatile values. */
if (new_auto_val == master->manual_mode_value)
update_from_auto_cluster(master);
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Copy the new caller-supplied control values.
user_to_new() sets 'is_new' to 1. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
do {
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = helpers[idx].ctrl;
ret = user_to_new(cs->controls + idx, ctrl);
if (!ret && ctrl->is_ptr)
ret = validate_new(ctrl, ctrl->p_new);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
idx = helpers[idx].next;
} while (!ret && idx);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (!ret)
ret = try_or_set_cluster(fh, master, set, 0);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Copy the new values back to userspace. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (!ret) {
idx = i;
do {
ret = new_to_user(cs->controls + idx,
helpers[idx].ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
idx = helpers[idx].next;
} while (!ret && idx);
}
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(master);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper))
kfree(helpers);
return ret;
}
int v4l2_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
{
return try_set_ext_ctrls(NULL, hdl, cs, false);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_try_ext_ctrls);
int v4l2_s_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
return try_set_ext_ctrls(fh, hdl, cs, true);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_s_ext_ctrls);
/* Helper function for VIDIOC_S_CTRL compatibility */
static int set_ctrl(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 ch_flags)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = ctrl->cluster[0];
int ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int i;
/* Reset the 'is_new' flags of the cluster */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
if (master->cluster[i])
master->cluster[i]->is_new = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ret = validate_new(ctrl, ctrl->p_new);
if (ret)
return ret;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
/* For autoclusters with volatiles that are switched from auto to
manual mode we have to update the current volatile values since
those will become the initial manual values after such a switch. */
if (master->is_auto && master->has_volatiles && ctrl == master &&
!is_cur_manual(master) && ctrl->val == master->manual_mode_value)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
update_from_auto_cluster(master);
ctrl->is_new = 1;
return try_or_set_cluster(fh, master, true, ch_flags);
}
/* Helper function for VIDIOC_S_CTRL compatibility */
static int set_ctrl_lock(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
struct v4l2_ext_control *c)
{
int ret;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
user_to_new(c, ctrl);
ret = set_ctrl(fh, ctrl, 0);
if (!ret)
cur_to_user(c, ctrl);
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ret;
}
int v4l2_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_control *control)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(hdl, control->id);
struct v4l2_ext_control c = { control->id };
int ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL || !ctrl->is_int)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY)
return -EACCES;
c.value = control->value;
ret = set_ctrl_lock(fh, ctrl, &c);
control->value = c.value;
return ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_s_ctrl);
int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
lockdep_assert_held(ctrl->handler->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(!ctrl->is_int);
ctrl->val = val;
return set_ctrl(NULL, ctrl, 0);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl);
int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val)
{
lockdep_assert_held(ctrl->handler->lock);
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(ctrl->is_ptr || ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64);
*ctrl->p_new.p_s64 = val;
return set_ctrl(NULL, ctrl, 0);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64);
int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, const char *s)
{
lockdep_assert_held(ctrl->handler->lock);
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING);
strlcpy(ctrl->p_new.p_char, s, ctrl->maximum + 1);
return set_ctrl(NULL, ctrl, 0);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string);
void v4l2_ctrl_notify(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify, void *priv)
{
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
if (notify == NULL) {
ctrl->call_notify = 0;
return;
}
if (WARN_ON(ctrl->handler->notify && ctrl->handler->notify != notify))
return;
ctrl->handler->notify = notify;
ctrl->handler->notify_priv = priv;
ctrl->call_notify = 1;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_notify);
int __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def)
{
bool value_changed;
bool range_changed = false;
int ret;
lockdep_assert_held(ctrl->handler->lock);
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U32:
if (ctrl->is_array)
return -EINVAL;
ret = check_range(ctrl->type, min, max, step, def);
if (ret)
return ret;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
if ((ctrl->minimum != min) || (ctrl->maximum != max) ||
(ctrl->step != step) || ctrl->default_value != def) {
range_changed = true;
ctrl->minimum = min;
ctrl->maximum = max;
ctrl->step = step;
ctrl->default_value = def;
}
cur_to_new(ctrl);
if (validate_new(ctrl, ctrl->p_new)) {
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64)
*ctrl->p_new.p_s64 = def;
else
*ctrl->p_new.p_s32 = def;
}
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64)
value_changed = *ctrl->p_new.p_s64 != *ctrl->p_cur.p_s64;
else
value_changed = *ctrl->p_new.p_s32 != *ctrl->p_cur.p_s32;
if (value_changed)
ret = set_ctrl(NULL, ctrl, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE);
else if (range_changed)
send_event(NULL, ctrl, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__v4l2_ctrl_modify_range);
static int v4l2_ctrl_add_event(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, unsigned elems)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(sev->fh->ctrl_handler, sev->id);
if (ctrl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
list_add_tail(&sev->node, &ctrl->ev_subs);
if (ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS &&
(sev->flags & V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_SEND_INITIAL)) {
struct v4l2_event ev;
u32 changes = V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS;
if (!(ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY))
changes |= V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE;
fill_event(&ev, ctrl, changes);
/* Mark the queue as active, allowing this initial
event to be accepted. */
sev->elems = elems;
v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev);
}
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
return 0;
}
static void v4l2_ctrl_del_event(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(sev->fh->ctrl_handler, sev->id);
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
list_del(&sev->node);
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
}
void v4l2_ctrl_replace(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new)
{
u32 old_changes = old->u.ctrl.changes;
old->u.ctrl = new->u.ctrl;
old->u.ctrl.changes |= old_changes;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_replace);
void v4l2_ctrl_merge(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new)
{
new->u.ctrl.changes |= old->u.ctrl.changes;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_merge);
const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops = {
.add = v4l2_ctrl_add_event,
.del = v4l2_ctrl_del_event,
.replace = v4l2_ctrl_replace,
.merge = v4l2_ctrl_merge,
};
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops);
int v4l2_ctrl_log_status(struct file *file, void *fh)
{
struct video_device *vfd = video_devdata(file);
struct v4l2_fh *vfh = file->private_data;
if (test_bit(V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH, &vfd->flags) && vfd->v4l2_dev)
v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(vfh->ctrl_handler,
vfd->v4l2_dev->name);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_log_status);
int v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub)
{
if (sub->type == V4L2_EVENT_CTRL)
return v4l2_event_subscribe(fh, sub, 0, &v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops);
return -EINVAL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event);
int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub)
{
if (!sd->ctrl_handler)
return -EINVAL;
return v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event(fh, sub);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event);
unsigned int v4l2_ctrl_poll(struct file *file, struct poll_table_struct *wait)
{
struct v4l2_fh *fh = file->private_data;
if (v4l2_event_pending(fh))
return POLLPRI;
poll_wait(file, &fh->wait, wait);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_poll);